blob: af417963b1c523fdfba925447ce1d194c526417c [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
30// Standard Promotions and Conversions
31//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
32
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000033/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
34void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
35 QualType Ty = E->getType();
36 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
37
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000038 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
39 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000040 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
41 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
42 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
43 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
44 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
45 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
46 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +000047 //
48 // C++ 4.2p1:
49 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
50 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
51 //
52 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
53 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000054 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
55 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000056}
57
58/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
59/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
60/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
61/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
62/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
63Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
64 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
65 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
66
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000067 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
68 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
69 else
70 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
71
72 return Expr;
73}
74
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +000075/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
76/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
77/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
78void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
79 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
80 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
81
82 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
83 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
84 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
85 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
86
87 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
88}
89
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +000090// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
91// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
92void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT)
93
94{
95 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
96
97 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
98 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
99 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
100 Expr->getType() << CT;
101 }
102}
103
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
106/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
107/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
108/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
109/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
110/// GCC.
111QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
112 bool isCompAssign) {
113 if (!isCompAssign) {
114 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
115 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
116 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000117
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000118 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
119 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000120 QualType lhs =
121 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
122 QualType rhs =
123 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000124
125 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
126 if (lhs == rhs)
127 return lhs;
128
129 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
130 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
131 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
132 return lhs;
133
134 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
135 if (!isCompAssign) {
136 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
137 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
138 }
139 return destType;
140}
141
142QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
143 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
144 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
145 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
146 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
147 // equivalent.
Douglas Gregor3d4492e2008-11-13 20:12:29 +0000148 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) lhs = Context.IntTy;
149 else lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
150 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) rhs = Context.IntTy;
151 else rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000152
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000153 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
154 if (lhs == rhs)
155 return lhs;
156
157 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
158 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
159 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
160 return lhs;
161
162 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
163
164 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
165 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
166 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
167 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
168 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169 return lhs;
170 }
171 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
172 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173 return rhs;
174 }
175 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
176 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
177 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
178 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
179 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
180 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
181 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
182 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
183 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
184 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
185 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
186
187 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
188 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
190 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191 }
192 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
193 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
194 // does not require this promotion.
195 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
196 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197 return rhs;
198 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199 return lhs;
200 }
201 }
202 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
203 }
204 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
205 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
206 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000207 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000208 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000209 return lhs;
210 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000211 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
212 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
213 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
214 }
215 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000217 return rhs;
218 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000219 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
220 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
221 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
222 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000223 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
224 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
225 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
226
227 if (result > 0) { // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000228 return lhs;
229 }
230 if (result < 0) { // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000231 return rhs;
232 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000233 assert(0 && "Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(): illegal float comparison");
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 }
235 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
236 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
237 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
238 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
239
240 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
241 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
242 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0) {
243 // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000244 return lhs;
245 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return rhs;
247 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
248 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000249 return lhs;
250 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
251 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 return rhs;
253 }
254 }
255 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
256 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
257 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
258 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
259 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
260 QualType destType;
261 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
262 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
263 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
264 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
265 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
266 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
267 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
268 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
269 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
270 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
271 // use the signed type.
272 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
273 } else {
274 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
275 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
276 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
277 // to the signed type.
278 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
279 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000280 return destType;
281}
282
283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
284// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
286
287
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000288/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000289/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
290/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
291/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
292/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000293///
294Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000295Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000296 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
297
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000298 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000299 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000300 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000301
302 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
303 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
304 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000305
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000306 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000307 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000308 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000309
310 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
312 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000313
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000314 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
315 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
316 // strings.
317 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
318 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetStringLength()+1),
319 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000320
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000321 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Ted Kremenek4f530a92009-02-06 19:55:15 +0000322 return Owned(new (Context) StringLiteral(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000323 Literal.GetStringLength(),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000324 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
325 StringToks[0].getLocation(),
326 StringToks[NumStringToks-1].getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000327}
328
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000329/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
330/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
331/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
332/// for values inside the block or for globals).
333///
334/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
335/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
336/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
337static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
338 ValueDecl *VD) {
339 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
340 // we wanted to.
341 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
342 return false;
343
344 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
345 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
346 return false;
347
348 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
349 // snapshot it.
350 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
351 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
352 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
353
354 return true;
355}
356
357
358
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000359/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000361/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000363/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
365 IdentifierInfo &II,
366 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000367 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
368 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
369 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000370 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000371}
372
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000373/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
374/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
375/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000376DeclRefExpr *
377Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
378 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
379 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000380 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
381 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000382 ValueDependent, SS->getRange().getBegin());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000383 else
384 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000385}
386
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000387/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
388/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
389/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000390static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000391 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
392 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
393
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000394 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000395 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
396 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
397 // this even better.
398 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
399 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
400 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
401 D != DEnd; ++D) {
402 if (*D == Record) {
403 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
404 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
405 ++D;
406 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000407 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000408 return *D;
409 }
410 }
411
412 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
413 return 0;
414}
415
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000417Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
418 FieldDecl *Field,
419 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
420 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
421 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
422 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
423 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
424
425 // Construct the sequence of field member references
426 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
427 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
428 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
429 // the current context to the field we found.
430 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
431 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
432 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
433 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
434 do {
435 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000436 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000437 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
438 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
439 else {
440 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
441 break;
442 }
443 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
444 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
445 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
446
447 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
448 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
449 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
450 // found via name lookup.
451 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
452 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
453 if (BaseObject) {
454 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
455 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000456 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000457 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000458 SourceLocation());
459 ExtraQuals
460 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
461 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
462 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
463 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
464 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
465 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
466 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
467 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
468 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
469 }
470 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
471 } else {
472 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
473 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
474 // program our base object expression is "this".
475 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
476 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
477 QualType AnonFieldType
478 = Context.getTagDeclType(
479 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
480 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
481 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
482 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
483 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
484 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000485 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000486 MD->getThisType(Context));
487 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
488 }
489 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000490 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
491 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 }
493 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
494 }
495
496 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000497 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
498 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 }
500
501 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
502 // anonymous struct/union.
503 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
504 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
505 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
506 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
507 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
508 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
509 unsigned combinedQualifiers
510 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
511 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
512 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000513 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
514 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000515 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
516 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
517 OpLoc = SourceLocation();
518 }
519
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000520 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521}
522
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000523/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
524/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
525/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
526/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
527/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
528/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
529/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
530/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
531/// forms.
532///
533/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
534/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
535/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
536/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000537///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000538/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
539/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
540/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
541/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542Sema::OwningExprResult
543Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
544 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000545 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000546 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000547 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000548 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
549 return ExprError();
550 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000551
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
553 HasTrailingLParen && Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::NotFound) {
554 // We've seen something of the form
555 //
556 // identifier(
557 //
558 // and we did not find any entity by the name
559 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
560 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
561 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
562 Context.OverloadTy,
563 Loc));
564 }
565
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000566 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000567 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
568 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
569 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
570 : SourceRange());
571 return ExprError();
572 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000573 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000574
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000575 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
576 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000577 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
578 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000579 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
580 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
581 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current method (i.e. a global
582 // variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with this
583 // name, if the lookup suceeds, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000584 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000585 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000586 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II)) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000587 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
588 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
589 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000590 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000591 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
592 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000593 true, true);
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +0000594 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000595 return Owned(MRef);
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000596 }
597 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000598 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000599 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000600 QualType T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000601 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000603 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000604 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000605 if (D == 0) {
606 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
607 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000608 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000609 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000610 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000611 else {
612 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
613 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000614 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
616 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
618 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000619 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
620 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000621 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000622 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000623 }
624 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
627 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
628 // not any specific instance's member.
629 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000630 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000631 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000632 QualType DType;
633 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
634 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
635 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
636 DType = Method->getType();
637 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
638 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
639 }
640 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
641 if (!DType.isNull()) {
642 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
643 // dependent.
644 bool Dependent = false;
645 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
646 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
647 if (DC->isRecord()) {
648 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
649 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
650 Dependent = true;
651 break;
652 }
653 }
654 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000655 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000656 }
657 }
658 }
659
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
661 // (C++ [class.union]).
662 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
663 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
664 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000665
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000666 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
667 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
668 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
669 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
670 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
671 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
672 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
673 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
674 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
675 QualType MemberType;
676 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
677 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
678 MemberType = FD->getType();
679
680 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
681 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
682 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
683 unsigned combinedQualifiers
684 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
685 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
686 }
687 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
688 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
689 Ctx = Method->getParent();
690 MemberType = Method->getType();
691 }
692 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
693 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
694 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
695 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
696 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
697 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
698 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
699 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
700 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
701 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
702 break;
703 }
704 }
705 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000706
707 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000708 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
709 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
710 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
711 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
712 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
713 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000714 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000715 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000716 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000717 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000718 }
719 }
720 }
721 }
722
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000723 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000724 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
725 if (MD->isStatic())
726 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000727 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
728 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000729 }
730
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000731 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
732 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
733 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000734 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
735 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000736 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000737
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000738 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000739 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000740 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000741 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000742 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000743 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000744
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000745 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000746 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000747 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
748 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000749
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000750 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000751
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000752 // check if referencing an identifier with __attribute__((deprecated)).
753 if (VD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000754 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << VD->getDeclName());
755
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000756 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
757 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
758 Scope *CheckS = S;
759 while (CheckS) {
760 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
761 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
762 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000763 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
764 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000765 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000766 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
767 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000768 break;
769 }
770
771 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
772 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
773 if (CheckS)
774 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
775 }
776 }
777 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000778
779 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
780 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000781 return ExprError();
782
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000783 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
784 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
785 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
786 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000787 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000788 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
789 // as they do not get snapshotted.
790 //
791 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000792 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
793 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000794 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000795 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000796
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000797 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
798 VD->getType().addConst();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000799 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000800 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000801 }
802 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
803 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000804
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000805 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000806 bool ValueDependent = false;
807 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
808 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
809 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
810 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
811 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
812 TypeDependent = true;
813 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
814 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
815 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
816 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
817 TypeDependent = true;
818 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
819 // names a dependent type.
820 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
821 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
822 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
823 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000824 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000825 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
826 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
827 TypeDependent = true;
828 break;
829 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000830 }
831 }
832 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000833
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000834 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
835 //
836 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
837 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
838 if (TypeDependent)
839 ValueDependent = true;
840 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
841 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
842 ValueDependent = true;
843 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
844 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
845 // (FIXME!).
846 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000847
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000848 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
849 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000850}
851
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000852Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
853 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000854 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000855
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000856 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000857 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000858 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
859 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
860 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000861 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000862
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000863 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
864 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000865 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000866 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
867 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000868 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
869 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
870 else {
871 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
872 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
873 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
874 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000875
876
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000877 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000878 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000879 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000880 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000881}
882
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000883Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000884 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
885 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
886 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
887 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000888
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000889 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
890 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
891 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000892 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +0000893
894 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
895
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000896 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
897 Literal.isWide(),
898 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000899}
900
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000901Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
902 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000903 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
904 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +0000905 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +0000906 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000907 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000908 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000909 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +0000910
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000911 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +0000912 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
913 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000914 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000915
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000916 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
917 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000918
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000919 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
920 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
921 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000922 return ExprError();
923
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000924 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000925
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000926 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000927 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000928 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000929 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000930 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000931 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000932 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000933 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000934
935 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
936
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000937 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
938 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000939 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
940 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000942 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000943 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000944 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000945 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000946
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000947 // long long is a C99 feature.
948 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +0000949 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000950 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
951
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000952 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000953 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000954
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000955 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
956 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
957 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000958 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
959 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000960 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000961 } else {
962 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
963 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000965 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
966 // be an unsigned int.
967 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
968
969 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000970 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +0000971 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
972 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000973 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000974
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000975 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
976 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
977 // Does it fit in a signed int?
978 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000979 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000980 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000981 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000982 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000983 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000984 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000985
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000986 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000987 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000988 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000989
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000990 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
991 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
992 // Does it fit in a signed long?
993 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000994 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000995 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000996 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000997 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000998 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000999 }
1000
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001001 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001002 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001003 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001004
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001005 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1006 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1007 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1008 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001009 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001010 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001011 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001012 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001013 }
1014 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001015
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001016 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1017 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001018 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001019 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001020 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001021 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001022 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001023
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001024 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1025 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001026 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001027 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001028 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001029
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001030 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1031 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001032 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1033 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001034
1035 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001036}
1037
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001038Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1039 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1040 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001041 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001042 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001043}
1044
1045/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1046/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001047bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
1048 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1049 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1050 bool isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001051 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001052 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001053 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001054 if (isSizeof)
1055 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1056 return false;
1057 }
1058
1059 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001060 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1061 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001062 return false;
1063 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001064
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001065 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1066 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1067 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1068 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001069}
1070
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001071bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1072 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1073 E = E->IgnoreParens();
1074
1075 // alignof decl is always ok.
1076 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1077 return false;
1078
1079 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1080 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1081 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001082 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001083 return true;
1084 }
1085 // Other fields are ok.
1086 return false;
1087 }
1088 }
1089 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1090}
1091
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001092/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1093/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1094/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001095Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001096Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1097 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001098 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001099 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001100
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001101 QualType ArgTy;
1102 SourceRange Range;
1103 if (isType) {
1104 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1105 Range = ArgRange;
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001106
1107 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1108 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
1109 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001110 } else {
1111 // Get the end location.
1112 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1113 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1114 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001115
1116 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001117 bool isInvalid;
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001118 if (!isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001119 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, Range);
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001120 } else if (ArgEx->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1121 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1122 isInvalid = true;
1123 } else {
1124 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, true);
1125 }
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001126
1127 if (isInvalid) {
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001128 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1129 return ExprError();
1130 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001131 }
1132
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001133 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001134 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001135 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1136 Range.getEnd()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001137}
1138
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00001139QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001140 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1141
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001142 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001143 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1144 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001145
1146 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1147 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1148 return V->getType();
1149
1150 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001151 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001152 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001153}
1154
1155
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001156
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001157Action::OwningExprResult
1158Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1159 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1160 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001161
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001162 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1163 switch (Kind) {
1164 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1165 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1166 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1167 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001168
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001169 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1170 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1171 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001172 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001173 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1174
1175 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1176 //
1177 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1178 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1179 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1180 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1181 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1182 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1183 // argument will have value zero.
1184 Expr *Args[2] = {
1185 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001186 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1187 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001188 };
1189
1190 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1191 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001192 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
1193 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001194
1195 // Perform overload resolution.
1196 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1197 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1198 case OR_Success: {
1199 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1200 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1201
1202 if (FnDecl) {
1203 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1204 // operator.
1205
1206 // Convert the arguments.
1207 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1208 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001209 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001210 } else {
1211 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001212 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001213 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1214 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001215 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001216 }
1217
1218 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001219 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001220 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1221 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001222
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001223 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001224 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001225 SourceLocation());
1226 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1227
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001228 Input.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001229 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
1230 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001231 } else {
1232 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1233 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1234 // operator node.
1235 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1236 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001237 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001238
1239 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001240 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001241 }
1242
1243 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1244 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1245 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1246 break;
1247
1248 case OR_Ambiguous:
1249 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1250 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1251 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1252 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001253 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001254 }
1255
1256 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1257 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1258 // build a built-in operation.
1259 }
1260
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001261 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1262 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001263 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001264 return ExprError();
1265 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001266 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001267}
1268
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001269Action::OwningExprResult
1270Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1271 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1272 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1273 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001274
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001276 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001277 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1278 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1279 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001280 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1281 // to the candidate set.
1282 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1283 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001284 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1285 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)))
1286 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001287
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001288 // Perform overload resolution.
1289 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1290 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1291 case OR_Success: {
1292 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1293 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1294
1295 if (FnDecl) {
1296 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1297 // operator.
1298
1299 // Convert the arguments.
1300 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1301 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1302 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1303 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1304 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001305 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001306 } else {
1307 // Convert the arguments.
1308 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1309 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1310 "passing") ||
1311 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1312 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1313 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001314 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001315 }
1316
1317 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001318 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001319 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1320 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001321
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001322 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001323 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001324 SourceLocation());
1325 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1326
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001327 Base.release();
1328 Idx.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001329 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001330 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001331 } else {
1332 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1333 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1334 // operator node.
1335 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1336 "passing") ||
1337 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1338 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001339 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001340
1341 break;
1342 }
1343 }
1344
1345 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1346 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1347 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1348 break;
1349
1350 case OR_Ambiguous:
1351 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1352 << "[]"
1353 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1354 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001355 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001356 }
1357
1358 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1359 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1360 // build a built-in operation.
1361 }
1362
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001363 // Perform default conversions.
1364 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1365 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001366
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001367 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1368
1369 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001370 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001371 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
1372 // and index from the expression types.
1373 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1374 QualType ResultType;
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001375 if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001376 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1377 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1378 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1379 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001380 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001381 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1382 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1383 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1384 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1385 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001386 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1387 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001388 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001389
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001390 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1391 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1392 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001393 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1394 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1395 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001396 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
1397 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001398 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1399 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001400
1401 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1402 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001403 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1404 // objects in C99.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001405 if (!ResultType->isObjectType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001407 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001408 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001409
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001410 Base.release();
1411 Idx.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001412 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1413 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001414}
1415
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001416QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001417CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001418 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001419 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001420
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001421 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1422 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001423
1424 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
1425 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1426 // to be selected.
1427 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
1428
1429 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1430 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1431 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001432
1433 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1434 // names must come from the same set.
1435 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001436 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1437 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001438 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001439 do
1440 compStr++;
1441 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001442 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001443 do
1444 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001445 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001446 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001447
1448 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001449 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1450 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1452 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001453 return QualType();
1454 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001455
1456 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1457 // operates on.
1458 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1459 compStr = CompName.getName();
1460
1461 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001462 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001463
1464 while (*compStr) {
1465 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1466 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1467 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1468 return QualType();
1469 }
1470 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001471 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001472
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001473 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1474 // number of elements.
1475 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001476 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001477 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001478 return QualType();
1479 }
1480
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001481 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
1482 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
1483 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001484 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001485 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001486 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1487 : CompName.getLength();
1488 if (HexSwizzle)
1489 CompSize--;
1490
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001491 if (CompSize == 1)
1492 return vecType->getElementType();
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001493
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001494 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001495 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001496 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1497 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1498 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1499 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001500 }
1501 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001502}
1503
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001504/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1505/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1506/// has been capitalized.
1507// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1508// live?
1509static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1510 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1511 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1512 SelectorName = "set";
1513 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1514 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1515 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1516}
1517
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001518Action::OwningExprResult
1519Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1520 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
1521 IdentifierInfo &Member) {
1522 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001523 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001524
1525 // Perform default conversions.
1526 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001527
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001528 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1529 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001530
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001531 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1532 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001533 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001534 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001535 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001536 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001537 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1538 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001539 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001540 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1541 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1542 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001543 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001544
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001545 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1546 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001547 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001548 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001549 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
1550 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1551 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1552 return ExprError();
1553
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001554 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001555 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1556 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001557 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001558 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001559 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001560
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001561 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001562 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001563 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1564 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1565 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1566 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1567 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1568 return ExprError();
1569 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001570 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001571
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001572 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001573 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1574 // (C++ [class.union]).
1575 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001576 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001577 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001578
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001579 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1580 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001581 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001582 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1583 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1584 else {
1585 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1586 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001587 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001588 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1589 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1590 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001591
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001592 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1593 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001594 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001595 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001596 Var, MemberLoc,
1597 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001598 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001599 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1600 MemberFn, MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001602 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001603 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001605 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001606 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Enum,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001607 MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001608 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001609 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1610 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001611
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001612 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1613 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1614 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001615 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1616 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1617 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001618 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001620 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1621 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001622 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001623 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001624 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
1625 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001626 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1627 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001628 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001629 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001630 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1631 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1632 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001633 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001634
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001635 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1636 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1637 const PointerType *PTy;
1638 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1639 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1640 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1641 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001642
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001643 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001644 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001645 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1647
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001648 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001649 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1650 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
1651 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001652 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001653 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001654
1655 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1656 // selector is implemented.
1657
1658 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1659 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1660
1661 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1662 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001663
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001664 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1665 if (!Getter)
1666 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1667 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1668 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1669 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1670 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1671
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001672 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1673 if (!Getter) {
1674 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1675 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1676 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1677 }
1678 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001679 if (Getter) {
1680 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001681 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1682 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1683 &Member);
1684 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1685 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1686 if (!Setter) {
1687 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1688 // methods.
1689 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1690 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1691 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1692 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1693 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1694 }
1695 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1696 if (!Setter) {
1697 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1698 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1699 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1700 }
1701 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001702
1703 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001704 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(),
1705 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001706 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001707
1708 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1709 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001710 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001711 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1712 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1713 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1714 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1715 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001716 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001717 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001718 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001719 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001720 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1721 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1722 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001723 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
1724 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001725 }
1726 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001727
1728 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1729 << &Member << BaseType);
1730 }
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001731 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
1732 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType() && OpKind == tok::period) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001733 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1734 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001736 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
1737 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001738 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001739
1740 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1741 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1742 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001743}
1744
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001745/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1746/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1747/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1748/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
1749/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
1750/// true if the call is ill-formed.
1751bool
1752Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
1753 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
1754 const FunctionTypeProto *Proto,
1755 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1756 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1757 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
1758 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
1759 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
1760 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001761 bool Invalid = false;
1762
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001763 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
1764 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
1765 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
1766 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
1767 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
1768 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
1769 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
1770 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001771 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001772 }
1773
1774 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
1775 // them.
1776 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
1777 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
1778 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1779 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
1780 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
1781 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1782 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
1783 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001784 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001785 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001786 }
1787 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1788 }
1789
1790 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
1791 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
1792 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
1793
1794 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001795 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001796 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001797
1798 // Pass the argument.
1799 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
1800 return true;
1801 } else
1802 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001803 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001804 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001805
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001806 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1807 }
1808
1809 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
1810 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001811 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
1812 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
1813 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
1814 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
1815 CallType = VariadicMethod;
1816
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001817 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
1818 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1819 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001820 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001821 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1822 }
1823 }
1824
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001825 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001826}
1827
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001828/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001829/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
1830/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001831Action::OwningExprResult
1832Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1833 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001834 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
1836 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
1837 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001838 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001839 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001840 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001841
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001842 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001843 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
1844 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
1845 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
1846 bool Dependent = false;
1847 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
1848 Dependent = true;
1849 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
1850 Dependent = true;
1851
1852 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001853 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001854 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
1855
1856 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
1857 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
1858 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1859 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
1860
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001861 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001862 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
1863 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
1864 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001865 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1866 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001867 }
1868
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001869 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001870 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001871 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
1872 bool ADL = true;
1873 while (true) {
1874 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
1875 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
1876 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001877 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
1878 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001879 ADL = false;
1880 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
1881 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
1882 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
1883 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
1884 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
1885 } else {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001886 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
1887 DRExpr = cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr);
1888
1889 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
1890 ADL = ADL && !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
1891 }
1892 else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
1893 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr))
1894 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
1895 else {
1896 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
1897 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
1898 ADL = false;
1899 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001900 break;
1901 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001902 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001903
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001904 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
1905 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001906 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001907 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
1908 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001909
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001910 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || Ovl || UnqualifiedName)) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001911 // We don't perform ADL for builtins.
1912 if (FDecl && FDecl->getIdentifier() &&
1913 FDecl->getIdentifier()->getBuiltinID())
1914 ADL = false;
1915
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001916 if (Ovl || ADL) {
1917 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
1918 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001919 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
1920 if (!FDecl)
1921 return ExprError();
1922
1923 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
1924 Expr *NewFn = 0;
1925 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001926 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001927 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1928 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
1929 false, false,
1930 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1931 else
1932 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1933 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1934 Fn->Destroy(Context);
1935 Fn = NewFn;
1936 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001937 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001938
1939 // Promote the function operand.
1940 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
1941
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001942 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
1943 // of arguments and function on error.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001944 // FIXME: Except that llvm::OwningPtr uses delete, when it really must be
1945 // Destroy(), or nothing gets cleaned up.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001946 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
1947 Args, NumArgs,
1948 Context.BoolTy,
1949 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001950
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001951 const FunctionType *FuncT;
1952 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
1953 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
1954 // have type pointer to function".
1955 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
1956 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001957 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1958 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001959 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
1960 } else { // This is a block call.
1961 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
1962 getAsFunctionType();
1963 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001964 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001965 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1966 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
1967
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001968 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00001969 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001970
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001971 if (const FunctionTypeProto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(FuncT)) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001972 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
1973 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001974 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001975 } else {
1976 assert(isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001977
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001978 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001979 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1980 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
1981 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
1982 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001983 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001984 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001985
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001986 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
1987 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001988 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
1989 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001990
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001991 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001992 if (FDecl)
1993 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001994
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001995 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001996}
1997
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00001998Action::OwningExprResult
1999Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2000 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002001 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002002 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2003 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002004 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002005 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002006
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002007 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002008 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002009 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2010 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002011 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2012 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2013 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002014 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002015
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002016 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002017 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002018 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002019
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002020 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002021 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002022 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002023 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002024 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002025 InitExpr.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002026 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
2027 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002028}
2029
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002030Action::OwningExprResult
2031Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
2032 InitListDesignations &Designators,
2033 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2034 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2035 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002036
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002037 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Steve Naroff1c9de712007-09-03 01:24:23 +00002038 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002039
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002040 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002041 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002042 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002043 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002044}
2045
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002046/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002047bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002048 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2049
2050 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2051 // type needs to be scalar.
2052 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2053 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002054 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2055 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002056 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002057 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2058 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2059 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2060 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
2061 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2062 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2063 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2064 // GCC cast to union extension
2065 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2066 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2067 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2068 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2069 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2070 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2071 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2072 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2077 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2078 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2079 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002080 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002081 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002082 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002083 }
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002084 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
2085 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002086 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2087 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002088 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002089 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2090 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2091 return true;
2092 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2093 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2094 return true;
2095 }
2096 return false;
2097}
2098
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002099bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002100 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
2101
2102 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002103 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002104 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2105 Ty->isVectorType() ?
2106 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002107 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002108 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002109 } else
2110 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002111 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002112 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002113
2114 return false;
2115}
2116
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002117Action::OwningExprResult
2118Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2119 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2120 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2121 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002122
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002123 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002124 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2125
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002126 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002127 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002128 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002129 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002130}
2131
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002132/// Note that lex is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2133/// In that case, lex = cond.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002134inline QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
2135 Expr *&cond, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation questionLoc) {
2136 UsualUnaryConversions(cond);
2137 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2138 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2139 QualType condT = cond->getType();
2140 QualType lexT = lex->getType();
2141 QualType rexT = rex->getType();
2142
2143 // first, check the condition.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002144 if (!cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2145 if (!condT->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2146 Diag(cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) << condT;
2147 return QualType();
2148 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002149 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002150
2151 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002152 if ((lex && lex->isTypeDependent()) || (rex && rex->isTypeDependent()))
2153 return Context.DependentTy;
2154
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002155 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2156 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
2157 if (lexT->isArithmeticType() && rexT->isArithmeticType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002158 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2159 return lex->getType();
2160 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002161
2162 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2163 // type.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002164 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = lexT->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002165 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = rexT->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002166 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002167 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
2168 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
2169 return lexT.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002170 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002171
2172 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002173 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
2174 if (lexT->isVoidType() || rexT->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002175 if (!lexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002176 Diag(rex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2177 << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002178 if (!rexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002179 Diag(lex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2180 << lex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002181 ImpCastExprToType(lex, Context.VoidTy);
2182 ImpCastExprToType(rex, Context.VoidTy);
2183 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002184 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002185 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2186 // the type of the other operand."
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002187 if ((lexT->isPointerType() || lexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2188 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002189 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002190 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002191 return lexT;
2192 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002193 if ((rexT->isPointerType() || rexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2194 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002195 lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002196 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002197 return rexT;
2198 }
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002199 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2200 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002201 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = lexT->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2202 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rexT->getAsPointerType()) {
2203 // get the "pointed to" types
2204 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2205 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002206
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002207 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2208 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002209 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002210 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2211 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002212 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2213 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2214 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2215 return destType;
2216 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002217 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002218 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002219 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2220 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2221 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2222 return destType;
2223 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002224
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002225 QualType compositeType = lexT;
2226
2227 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2228 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2229 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT) ||
2230 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) {
2231 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2232 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2233 // type. This allows
2234 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2235 // where B is a subclass of A.
2236 //
2237 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2238 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2239 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2240 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2241
2242 // FIXME: This code should not be localized to here. Also this
2243 // should use a compatible check instead of abusing the
2244 // canAssignObjCInterfaces code.
2245 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2246 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2247 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2248 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2249 compositeType = lexT;
2250 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002251 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002252 compositeType = rexT;
2253 } else if (Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee) ||
2254 Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee)) {
2255 // FIXME: This code looks wrong, because isObjCIdType checks
2256 // the struct but getObjCIdType returns the pointer to
2257 // struct. This is horrible and should be fixed.
2258 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2259 } else {
2260 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
2261 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2262 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2263 return incompatTy;
2264 }
2265 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2266 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002267 Diag(questionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002268 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002269 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2270 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2271 // to get a consistent AST.
2272 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002273 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2274 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2275 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002276 }
2277 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002278 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2279 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2280 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2281 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002282 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002283 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002284 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2285 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2286 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002287 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002288 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002289 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2290 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
2291 // id with statically typed objects).
2292 if (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2293 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2294 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2295 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
2296 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lexT, rexT, true) ||
2297 (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2298 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) ||
2299 (rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2300 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT))) {
2301 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2302 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2303 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2304 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2305 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2306 // cases. Investigate.
2307 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2308 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2309 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2310 return compositeType;
2311 }
2312 }
2313
Steve Naroff3eac7692008-09-10 19:17:48 +00002314 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2315 if (lexT->isBlockPointerType() && rexT->isBlockPointerType() &&
2316 Context.getCanonicalType(lexT) == Context.getCanonicalType(rexT))
2317 return lexT;
2318
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002319 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002320 Diag(questionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002321 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002322 return QualType();
2323}
2324
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002325/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002326/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002327Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2328 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2329 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2330 ExprArg RHS) {
2331 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2332 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002333
2334 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2335 // was the condition.
2336 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2337 if (isLHSNull)
2338 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002339
2340 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002341 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2342 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002343 return ExprError();
2344
2345 Cond.release();
2346 LHS.release();
2347 RHS.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002348 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
2349 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2350 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002351}
2352
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002353
2354// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
2355// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
2356// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2357// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2358// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002359Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002360Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2361 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2362
2363 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002364 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2365 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002366
2367 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002368 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2369 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002370
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002371 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002372
2373 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2374 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2375 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002376 // FIXME: Handle ASQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002377 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002378 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002379
2380 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2381 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
2382 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002383 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002384 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002385 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002386
2387 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002388 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2389 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002390 }
2391
2392 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002393 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002394 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002395
2396 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002397 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2398 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002399 }
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002400
2401 // Check for ObjC interfaces
2402 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2403 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2404 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2405 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
2406 return ConvTy;
2407
2408 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2409 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee))
2410 return ConvTy;
2411 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee))
2412 return ConvTy;
2413
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002414 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
2415 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002416 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2417 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2418 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002419 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002420}
2421
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002422/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2423/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2424/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2425// types.
2426Sema::AssignConvertType
2427Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
2428 QualType rhsType) {
2429 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2430
2431 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2432 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2433 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2434
2435 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2436 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2437 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
2438
2439 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
2440
2441 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2442 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2443 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
2444
2445 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
2446 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
2447 return ConvTy;
2448}
2449
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002450/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2451/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
2452/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2453///
2454/// int a, *pint;
2455/// short *pshort;
2456/// struct foo *pfoo;
2457///
2458/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2459/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2460/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2461/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2462///
2463/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
2464/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002465///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002466Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002467Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002468 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2469 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002470 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2471 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002472
2473 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002474 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002475
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002476 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2477 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2478 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2479 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2480 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2481 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2482 // type.
2483 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2484 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002485 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002486 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002487 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002488
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002489 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2490 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002491 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002492 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2493 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2494 return IntToPointer;
2495 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2496 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002497 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002498 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002499
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002500 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002501 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002502 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2503 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002504 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002505
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002506 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
2507 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
2508 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002509 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2510 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002511 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002512 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002513 }
2514 return Incompatible;
2515 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002516
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002517 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002518 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002519
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002520 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002521 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002522 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002523
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002524 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002525 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002526
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002527 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002528 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002529 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002530
2531 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2532 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2533 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2534 return Compatible;
2535 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002536 return Incompatible;
2537 }
2538
2539 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2540 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2541 return IntToPointer;
2542
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002543 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2544 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2545 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2546 return Compatible;
2547
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002548 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2549 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
2550
2551 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2552 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002553 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002554 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002555 return Incompatible;
2556 }
2557
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002558 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002559 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002560 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2561 return Compatible;
2562
2563 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002564 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002565
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002566 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002567 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002568
2569 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
2570 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002571 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002572 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002573 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002574
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002575 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002576 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002577 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002578 }
2579 return Incompatible;
2580}
2581
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002582Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002583Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002584 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2585 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2586 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2587 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2588 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002589 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2590 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002591 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002592 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002593 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002594 }
2595
2596 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2597 // structures.
2598 }
2599
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002600 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2601 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002602 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
2603 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002604 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002605 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002606 return Compatible;
2607 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002608
2609 // We don't allow conversion of non-null-pointer constants to integers.
2610 if (lhsType->isBlockPointerType() && rExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
2611 return IntToBlockPointer;
2612
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002613 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002614 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002615 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002616 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002617 //
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002618 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002619 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2620 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002621
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002622 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2623 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002624
2625 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2626 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002627 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2628 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2629 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2630 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002631 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002632 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002633 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002634}
2635
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002636Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002637Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2638 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2639}
2640
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002641QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002643 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002644 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002645 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002646}
2647
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002648inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002649 Expr *&rex) {
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002650 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
2651 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002652 QualType lhsType =
2653 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2654 QualType rhsType =
2655 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002656
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002657 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002658 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002659 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002660
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002661 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2662 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002663 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
2664 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
2665 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002666 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2667 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002668 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002669 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002670 }
2671 }
2672 }
2673
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002674 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2675 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002676 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002677 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2678
2679 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2680 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2681 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002682 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002683 return lhsType;
2684 }
2685 }
2686
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002687 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002688 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002689 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002690 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2691
2692 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2693 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2694 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002695 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002696 return rhsType;
2697 }
2698 }
2699
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002700 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002701 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002702 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002703 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002704 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00002705}
2706
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002707inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002708 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002709{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002710 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002711 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002712
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002713 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002714
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002715 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002716 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002717 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002718}
2719
2720inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002721 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002722{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002723 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2724 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2725 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2726 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2727 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002728
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002729 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002730
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002731 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002732 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002733 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002734}
2735
2736inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002737 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002738{
2739 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002740 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002741
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002742 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002743
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002744 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
2745 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002746 return compType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002747
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002748 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2749 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2750 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2751 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2752
2753 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2754 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2755 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2756 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2757 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002758 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2759 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
2760 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
2761 return QualType();
2762 }
2763
2764 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002765 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2766 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002767 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002768 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2770 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2771 return QualType();
2772 }
2773
2774 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2775 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002776 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002777 } else {
2778 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
2779 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
2780 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
2781 lex->getType());
2782 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002783 }
2784 }
2785 return PExp->getType();
2786 }
2787 }
2788
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002789 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002790}
2791
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002792// C99 6.5.6
2793QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002794 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002795 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002796 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002797
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002798 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002799
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002800 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
2801
2802 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002803 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002804 return compType;
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002805
2806 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
2807 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002808 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002809
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002810 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002811 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002812 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002813 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002814 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2815 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002816 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2817 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2818 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2819 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2820 return QualType();
2821 }
2822
2823 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2824 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2825 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002826 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002827 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002828 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002829 return QualType();
2830 }
2831 }
2832
2833 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
2834 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2835 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002836
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002837 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
2838 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002839 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
2840
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002841 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002842 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002843 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002844 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
2845 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002846 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2847 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf93eda12009-01-23 19:03:35 +00002848 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2851 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
2852 return QualType();
2853 }
2854
2855 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2856 if (!lpointee->isFunctionType())
2857 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2858 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002859 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002860 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002861 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002862 return QualType();
2863 }
2864 }
2865
2866 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00002867 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
2868 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
2869 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002870 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002871 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002872 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002873 return QualType();
2874 }
2875
2876 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
2877 }
2878 }
2879
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002880 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002881}
2882
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002883// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002884QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002885 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002886 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
2887 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002888 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002889
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002890 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
2891 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00002892 if (!isCompAssign)
2893 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002894 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2895
2896 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
2897 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002898}
2899
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002900static bool areComparableObjCInterfaces(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
2901 ASTContext& Context) {
2902 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2903 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2904 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2905 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(RHS))
2906 return true;
2907 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(LHS))
2908 return true;
2909 if (!LHSIface || !RHSIface)
2910 return false;
2911 return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface) ||
2912 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface);
2913}
2914
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002915// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002916QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002917 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002918 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002919 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002920
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002921 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00002922 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2923 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2924 else {
2925 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2926 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2927 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002928 QualType lType = lex->getType();
2929 QualType rType = rex->getType();
2930
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002931 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
2932 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
2933 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002934 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Ted Kremenek87e30c52008-01-17 16:57:34 +00002935 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
2936 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002937 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002938 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002939 }
2940
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002941 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
2942 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
2943
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002944 if (isRelational) {
2945 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002946 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002947 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002948 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002949 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
2950 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002951 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00002952 }
2953
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002954 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002955 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002956 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002957
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002958 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2959 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2960
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002961 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
2962 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
2963 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00002964 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002965 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002966 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002967 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002968 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002969
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00002970 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002971 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
2972 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002973 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2974 !areComparableObjCInterfaces(LCanPointeeTy, RCanPointeeTy, Context)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002975 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002976 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002977 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002978 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002979 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00002980 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002981 // Handle block pointer types.
2982 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2983 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2984 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2985
2986 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
2987 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002988 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002989 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002990 }
2991 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002992 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002993 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002994 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
2995 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
2996 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
2997 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002999 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003000 }
3001 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003002 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003003 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003004
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003005 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003006 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003007 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3008 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
3009 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
3010 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3011 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
3012 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3013
3014 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3015 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003016 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003017 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003018 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003019 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003020 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003021 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003022 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003023 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003024 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3025 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003026 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003027 } else {
3028 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003029 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003030 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003031 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003032 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003033 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003034 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003035 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003036 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
3037 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003038 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003039 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003040 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003041 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003042 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003043 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003044 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
3045 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003046 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003047 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003048 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003049 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003050 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003051 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003052 // Handle block pointers.
3053 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3054 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003055 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003056 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003057 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003058 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003059 }
3060 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3061 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003062 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003063 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003064 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003065 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003066 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003067 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003068}
3069
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003070/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
3071/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
3072/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3073/// types.
3074QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003075 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003076 bool isRelational) {
3077 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3078 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003079 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003080 if (vType.isNull())
3081 return vType;
3082
3083 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3084 QualType rType = rex->getType();
3085
3086 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3087 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3088 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3089 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3090 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3091 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3092 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003093 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003094 }
3095
3096 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3097 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3098 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003099 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003100 }
3101
3102 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3103 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3104 // elements for floating point vectors.
3105 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3106 return lType;
3107
3108 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003109 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003110 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003111 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003112 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
3113 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3114
3115 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
3116 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003117 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3118}
3119
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003120inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003121 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003122{
3123 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003124 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003125
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003126 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003127
3128 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003129 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003130 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003131}
3132
3133inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003134 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003135{
3136 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3137 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3138
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003139 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003140 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003141 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003142}
3143
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003144/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3145/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3146/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3147///
3148static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
3149{
3150 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3151 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3152 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3153 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3154 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
3155 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
3156 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3157 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3158 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3159 return true;
3160 }
3161 }
3162 return false;
3163}
3164
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003165/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3166/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3167static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003168 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3169 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3170 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003171 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3172 return false;
3173
3174 unsigned Diag = 0;
3175 bool NeedType = false;
3176 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3177 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3178 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003179 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003180 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3181 NeedType = true;
3182 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003183 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003184 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3185 NeedType = true;
3186 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003187 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003188 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3189 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003190 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003191 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3192 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003193 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3194 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003195 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
3196 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3197 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003198 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003199 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3200 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003201 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003202 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3203 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003204 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3205 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3206 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003207 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3208 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3209 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003210 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003211
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003212 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003213 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003214 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003215 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003216 return true;
3217}
3218
3219
3220
3221// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003222QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3223 SourceLocation Loc,
3224 QualType CompoundType) {
3225 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3226 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003227 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003228
3229 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3230 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003231
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003232 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003233 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003234 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003235 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003236 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3237 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3238 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3239 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3240 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3241 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3242 ConvTy = Compatible;
3243
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003244 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3245 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3246 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003247 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003248 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3249 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3250 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3251 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3252 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003253 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003254 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003255 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc())
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003256 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3257 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3258 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003259 }
3260 } else {
3261 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003262 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003263 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003264
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003265 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3266 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003267 return QualType();
3268
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003269 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3270 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
3271 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
3272 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3273 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003274 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3275 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003276 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003277}
3278
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003279// C99 6.5.17
3280QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3281 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003282
3283 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003284 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3285 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003286}
3287
3288/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3289/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003290QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3291 bool isInc) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003292 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3293 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003294
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003295 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3296 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3297 if (!isInc) {
3298 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3299 return QualType();
3300 }
3301 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3302 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3303 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003304 // OK!
3305 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3306 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3307 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3308 // Pointer to object is ok!
3309 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3311 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3312 << Op->getSourceRange();
3313 return QualType();
3314 }
3315
3316 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003317 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003318 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003319 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3320 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3321 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3322 return QualType();
3323 }
3324
3325 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003326 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003327 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003328 } else {
3329 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3330 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3331 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3332 ResType);
3333 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003334 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003335 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3336 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3337 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003338 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003339 } else {
3340 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003341 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003342 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003343 }
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003344 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
3345 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003346 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003347 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003348 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349}
3350
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003351/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003352/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003353/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3354/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3355/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3356/// - &(x) => x
3357/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3358/// - &s.xx => s
3359/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3360/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3361/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3362/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003363static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003364 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003365 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003366 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003367 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003368 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003369 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3370 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003371 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003372 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003373 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003374 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003375 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003376
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003377 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003378 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003379 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003380 return 0;
3381 else
3382 return VD;
3383 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003384 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3385 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
3386
3387 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3388 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3389 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003390 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3391 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3392 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3393 return 0;
3394 return VD;
3395 }
3396 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003397 }
3398 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3399 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3400 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3401 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3402 default:
3403 return 0;
3404 }
3405 }
3406 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3407 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3408
3409 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3410 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3411
3412 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3413 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3414 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3415 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3416 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3417 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3418 }
3419 }
3420
3421 return 0;
3422 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003423 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003424 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003425 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3426 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003427 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003428 default:
3429 return 0;
3430 }
3431}
3432
3433/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
3434/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
3435/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
3436/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
3437/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003438/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
3439/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003440QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003441 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3442 return Context.DependentTy;
3443
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003444 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3445 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3446 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3447 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3448 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3449 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3450 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3451 }
3452 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3453 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3454 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003455 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003456 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003457
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003458 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003459 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3460 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003461 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3462 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003463 return QualType();
3464 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003465 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003466 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3467 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3468 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3469 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3470 return QualType();
3471 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003472 }
3473 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
3474 } else if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3475 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003476 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3477 << "vector" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003478 return QualType();
3479 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003480 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
3481 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3482 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3483 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003484 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3485 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003486 return QualType();
3487 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003488 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003489 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003490 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3491 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003492 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3493 // scope qualifier for the class.
3494 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3495 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3496 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3497 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3498 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3499 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003500 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3501 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003502 // As above.
3503 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3504 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3505 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3506 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3507 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3508 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003509 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003510 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003511 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003512 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003513
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003514 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3515 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3516}
3517
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003518QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
3519 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3520 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003521
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003522 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3523 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3524 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3525 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3526 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003527 return PT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003528
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003529 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003530 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003531 return QualType();
3532}
3533
3534static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3535 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3536 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3537 switch (Kind) {
3538 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003539 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
3540 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003541 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3542 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3543 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3544 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3545 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3546 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3547 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3548 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3549 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3550 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3551 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3552 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3553 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3554 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3555 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3556 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3557 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3558 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3559 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3560 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3561 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3562 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3563 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3564 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3565 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3566 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3567 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3568 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3569 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3570 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3571 }
3572 return Opc;
3573}
3574
3575static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3576 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3577 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3578 switch (Kind) {
3579 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3580 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3581 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3582 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3583 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3584 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3585 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3586 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3587 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003588 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3589 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3590 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3591 }
3592 return Opc;
3593}
3594
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003595/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3596/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3597/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003598Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3599 unsigned Op,
3600 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003601 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3602 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3603 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3604
3605 switch (Opc) {
3606 default:
3607 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3608 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3609 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3610 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003611 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
3612 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
3613 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
3614 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
3615 break;
3616 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003617 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3618 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3619 break;
3620 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3621 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3622 break;
3623 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3624 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3625 break;
3626 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3627 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3628 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003629 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003630 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3631 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3632 break;
3633 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3634 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3635 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3636 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3637 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3638 break;
3639 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3640 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3641 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3642 break;
3643 case BinaryOperator::And:
3644 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3645 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3646 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3647 break;
3648 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3649 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3650 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3651 break;
3652 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3653 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3654 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3655 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3656 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3657 break;
3658 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3659 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3660 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3661 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3662 break;
3663 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3664 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3665 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3666 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3667 break;
3668 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3669 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3670 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3671 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3672 break;
3673 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3674 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3675 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3676 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3677 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3678 break;
3679 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3680 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3681 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3682 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3683 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3684 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3685 break;
3686 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3687 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3688 break;
3689 }
3690 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003691 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003692 if (CompTy.isNull())
3693 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
3694 else
3695 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Steve Naroff8b9a98d2009-01-20 21:06:31 +00003696 CompTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003697}
3698
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003699// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003700Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3701 tok::TokenKind Kind,
3702 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003703 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003704 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003705
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003706 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3707 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003708
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003709 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3710 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3711 // lookup for operator+.
3712 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003713 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3714 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003715 Context.DependentTy,
3716 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003717 else
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003718 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
3719 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003720 }
3721
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003722 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Opc != BinaryOperator::PtrMemD &&
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003723 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3724 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003725 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3726 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3727 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3728 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3729 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3730 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3731 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003732
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003733 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3734 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003735 // Overloading .* is not possible.
3736 static_cast<OverloadedOperatorKind>(0), OO_ArrowStar,
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003737 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3738 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3739 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3740 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3741 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3742 OO_Amp,
3743 OO_Caret,
3744 OO_Pipe,
3745 OO_AmpAmp,
3746 OO_PipePipe,
3747 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
3748 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
3749 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
3750 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
3751 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
3752 OO_PipeEqual,
3753 OO_Comma
3754 };
3755 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3756
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003757 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3758 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003759 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003760 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003761 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, TokLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
3762 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003763
3764 // Perform overload resolution.
3765 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3766 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3767 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003768 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003769 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3770
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003771 if (FnDecl) {
3772 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3773 // operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003774
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003775 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003776 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3777 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
3778 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3779 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003780 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003781 } else {
3782 // Convert the arguments.
3783 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3784 "passing") ||
3785 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
3786 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003787 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003788 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003789
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003790 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003791 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3793 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003794
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003795 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003796 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3797 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003798 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3799
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003800 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003801 ResultTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003802 } else {
3803 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3804 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3805 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003806 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3807 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
3808 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3809 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003810 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003811
3812 break;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003813 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003814 }
3815
3816 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3817 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003818 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003819 break;
3820
3821 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003822 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3823 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3824 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003825 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003826 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003827 }
3828
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003829 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3830 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
3831 // build a built-in operation.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003832 }
3833
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003834 // Build a built-in binary operation.
3835 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003836}
3837
3838// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003839Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3840 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
3841 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
3842 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003843 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003844
3845 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3846 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
3847 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3848 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3849 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3850 OO_None, OO_None,
3851 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
3852 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
3853 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3854 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
3855 OO_None, OO_None,
3856 OO_None,
3857 OO_None
3858 };
3859 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3860
3861 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3862 // to the candidate set.
3863 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003864 if (OverOp != OO_None &&
3865 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, &Input, 1, CandidateSet))
3866 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003867
3868 // Perform overload resolution.
3869 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3870 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3871 case OR_Success: {
3872 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
3873 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3874
3875 if (FnDecl) {
3876 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3877 // operator.
3878
3879 // Convert the arguments.
3880 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3881 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003882 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003883 } else {
3884 // Convert the arguments.
3885 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
3886 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3887 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003888 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003889 }
3890
3891 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003892 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003893 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3894 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003895
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003896 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003897 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3898 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003899 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3900
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003901 input.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003902 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, &Input, 1,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003903 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003904 } else {
3905 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3906 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3907 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003908 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3909 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003910 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003911
3912 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003913 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003914 }
3915
3916 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3917 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
3918 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
3919 break;
3920
3921 case OR_Ambiguous:
3922 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3923 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3924 << Input->getSourceRange();
3925 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003926 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003927 }
3928
3929 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3930 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003931 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003932 }
3933
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003934 QualType resultType;
3935 switch (Opc) {
3936 default:
3937 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
3938 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
3939 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003940 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
3941 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003942 break;
3943 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
3944 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3945 break;
3946 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00003947 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003948 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3949 break;
3950 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
3951 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
3952 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3953 resultType = Input->getType();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003954 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
3955 break;
3956 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
3957 resultType->isEnumeralType())
3958 break;
3959 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
3960 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
3961 resultType->isPointerType())
3962 break;
3963
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003964 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3965 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003966 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
3967 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3968 resultType = Input->getType();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003969 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
3970 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
3971 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003972 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003973 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003974 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003975 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3976 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003977 break;
3978 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
3979 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
3980 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
3981 resultType = Input->getType();
3982 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003983 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3984 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003985 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003986 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
3987 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003988 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003989 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003990 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00003991 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003992 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003993 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003994 resultType = Input->getType();
3995 break;
3996 }
3997 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003998 return ExprError();
3999 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004000 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004001}
4002
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004003/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4004Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004005 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4006 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
4007 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
4008 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = LabelMap[LabelII];
4009
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004010 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4011 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004012 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004013 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004014
4015 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004016 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4017 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004018}
4019
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004020Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004021 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4022 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
4023 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4024 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4025
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004026 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4027 if (isFileScope) {
4028 return Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope);
4029 }
4030
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004031 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4032 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4033 // More semantic analysis is needed.
4034
4035 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4036 // should not warn about it being unused.
4037
4038 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4039 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4040 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
4041
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004042 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4043 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4044 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4045 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4046 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
4047
4048 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004049 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004050 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004051
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004052 return new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004053}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004054
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004055Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4056 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004057 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4058 TypeTy *argty,
4059 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4060 unsigned NumComponents,
4061 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4062 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4063 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
4064
4065 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4066 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4067 // a struct/union/class.
4068 if (!ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004069 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004070
4071 // Otherwise, create a compound literal expression as the base, and
4072 // iteratively process the offsetof designators.
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004073 InitListExpr *IList =
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00004074 new (Context) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004075 IList->setType(ArgTy);
4076 Expr *Res =
4077 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), ArgTy, IList, false);
4078
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004079 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4080 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
4081 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004082 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4083 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004084
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004085 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4086 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4087 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4088 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004089 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004090 if (!AT) {
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004091 Res->Destroy(Context);
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004092 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004093 }
4094
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004095 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4096
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004097 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4098 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
4099 if (!Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004100 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4101 << Idx->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004102
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004103 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4104 OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004105 continue;
4106 }
4107
4108 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4109 if (!RC) {
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004110 Res->Destroy(Context);
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004111 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004112 }
4113
4114 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4115 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004116 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00004117 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4118 LookupMemberName)
4119 .getAsDecl());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004120 if (!MemberDecl)
Chris Lattner65cae292008-11-19 08:23:25 +00004121 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4122 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004123
4124 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4125 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00004126 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4127 // matter here.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004128 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4129 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004130 }
4131
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004132 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4133 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004134}
4135
4136
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004137Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004138 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
4139 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4140 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4141 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
4142
4143 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4144
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004145 return new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1,
4146 argT2, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004147}
4148
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004149Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004150 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
4151 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4152 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
4153 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
4154 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
4155
4156 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4157
4158 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4159 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4160 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4161 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004162 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4163 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004164
4165 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4166 QualType resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() :
4167 RHSExpr->getType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004168 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4169 resType, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004170}
4171
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4173// Clang Extensions.
4174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4175
4176/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004177void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004178 // Analyze block parameters.
4179 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
4180
4181 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4182 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4183 CurBlock = BSI;
4184
4185 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4186 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
4187
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004188 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004189 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004190}
4191
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004192void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4193 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4194
4195 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4196 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4197 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4198
4199 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4200 if (T.isNull())
4201 T = Context.DependentTy;
4202
4203 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4204 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4205 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4206
4207 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4208 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4209 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4210 .getTypePtr();
4211
4212 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4213 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4214 return;
4215 }
4216
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004217 // Analyze arguments to block.
4218 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4219 "Not a function declarator!");
4220 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004221
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004222 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4223 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004224
4225 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4226 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4227 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4228 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4229 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4230 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4231 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004232 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004233 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4234 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004235 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4236 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004237 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4238
4239 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4240 .getTypePtr();
4241
4242 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4243 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004244 }
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004245 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
4246
4247 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4248 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4249 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4250 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4251 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004252}
4253
4254/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4255/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4256void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4257 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4258 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
4259
4260 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4261 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4262
4263 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
4264
4265}
4266
4267/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4268/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4269Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4270 Scope *CurScope) {
4271 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4272 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004273 ExprOwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(this, static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004274
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004275 PopDeclContext();
4276
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004277 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4278 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4279
4280 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4281 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4282 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
4283
4284 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4285 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4286 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
4287
4288 QualType BlockTy;
4289 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
4290 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionTypeNoProto(RetTy);
4291 else
4292 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004293 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004294
4295 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Steve Naroff9ac456d2008-10-08 17:01:13 +00004296
Steve Naroff95029d92008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004297 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004298 return new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004299}
4300
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004301/// ExprsMatchFnType - return true if the Exprs in array Args have
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004302/// QualTypes that match the QualTypes of the arguments of the FnType.
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004303/// The number of arguments has already been validated to match the number of
4304/// arguments in FnType.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004305static bool ExprsMatchFnType(Expr **Args, const FunctionTypeProto *FnType,
4306 ASTContext &Context) {
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004307 unsigned NumParams = FnType->getNumArgs();
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004308 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004309 QualType ExprTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Args[i]->getType());
4310 QualType ParmTy = Context.getCanonicalType(FnType->getArgType(i));
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004311
4312 if (ExprTy.getUnqualifiedType() != ParmTy.getUnqualifiedType())
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004313 return false;
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004314 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004315 return true;
4316}
4317
4318Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnOverloadExpr(ExprTy **args, unsigned NumArgs,
4319 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4320 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4321 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004322 // __builtin_overload requires at least 2 arguments
4323 if (NumArgs < 2)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004324 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4325 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004326
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004327 // The first argument is required to be a constant expression. It tells us
4328 // the number of arguments to pass to each of the functions to be overloaded.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004329 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004330 Expr *NParamsExpr = Args[0];
4331 llvm::APSInt constEval(32);
4332 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4333 if (!NParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(constEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004334 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4335 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004336
4337 // Verify that the number of parameters is > 0
4338 unsigned NumParams = constEval.getZExtValue();
4339 if (NumParams == 0)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004340 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4341 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004342 // Verify that we have at least 1 + NumParams arguments to the builtin.
4343 if ((NumParams + 1) > NumArgs)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004344 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4345 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004346
4347 // Figure out the return type, by matching the args to one of the functions
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004348 // listed after the parameters.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004349 OverloadExpr *OE = 0;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004350 for (unsigned i = NumParams + 1; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4351 // UsualUnaryConversions will convert the function DeclRefExpr into a
4352 // pointer to function.
4353 Expr *Fn = UsualUnaryConversions(Args[i]);
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004354 const FunctionTypeProto *FnType = 0;
4355 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType())
4356 FnType = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionTypeProto();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004357
4358 // The Expr type must be FunctionTypeProto, since FunctionTypeProto has no
4359 // parameters, and the number of parameters must match the value passed to
4360 // the builtin.
4361 if (!FnType || (FnType->getNumArgs() != NumParams))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004362 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_incorrect_fntype)
4363 << Fn->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004364
4365 // Scan the parameter list for the FunctionType, checking the QualType of
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004366 // each parameter against the QualTypes of the arguments to the builtin.
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004367 // If they match, return a new OverloadExpr.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004368 if (ExprsMatchFnType(Args+1, FnType, Context)) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004369 if (OE)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004370 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_multiple_match)
4371 << OE->getFn()->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004372 // Remember our match, and continue processing the remaining arguments
4373 // to catch any errors.
Ted Kremenekf1a67122009-02-09 17:08:14 +00004374 OE = new (Context) OverloadExpr(Context, Args, NumArgs, i,
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004375 FnType->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004376 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4377 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004378 }
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004379 // Return the newly created OverloadExpr node, if we succeded in matching
4380 // exactly one of the candidate functions.
4381 if (OE)
4382 return OE;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004383
4384 // If we didn't find a matching function Expr in the __builtin_overload list
4385 // the return an error.
4386 std::string typeNames;
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004387 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
4388 if (i != 0) typeNames += ", ";
4389 typeNames += Args[i+1]->getType().getAsString();
4390 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004391
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004392 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_overload_no_match)
4393 << typeNames << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004394}
4395
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004396Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4397 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004398 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004399 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4400 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4401
4402 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004403
4404 // Get the va_list type
4405 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4406 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4407 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4408 // a pointer for va_arg.
4409 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4410 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004411 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4412 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004413
4414 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004415 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004416 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004417 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004418
4419 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
4420
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004421 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004422}
4423
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004424Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4425 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4426 // pointers on the target.
4427 QualType Ty;
4428 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4429 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4430 else
4431 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4432
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004433 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004434}
4435
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004436bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4437 SourceLocation Loc,
4438 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4439 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4440 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4441 bool isInvalid = false;
4442 unsigned DiagKind;
4443 switch (ConvTy) {
4444 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4445 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004446 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004447 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4448 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004449 case IntToPointer:
4450 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4451 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004452 case IncompatiblePointer:
4453 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4454 break;
4455 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4456 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4457 break;
4458 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004459 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4460 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4461 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4462 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4463 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4464 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4465 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4466 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4467 // C++ semantics.
4468 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4469 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4470 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004471 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4472 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004473 case IntToBlockPointer:
4474 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4475 break;
4476 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004477 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004478 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004479 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
4480 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
4481 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4482 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4483 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004484 case IncompatibleVectors:
4485 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4486 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004487 case Incompatible:
4488 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4489 isInvalid = true;
4490 break;
4491 }
4492
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004493 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4494 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004495 return isInvalid;
4496}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004497
4498bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4499{
4500 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4501
4502 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
4503 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4504 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4505
4506 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4507 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4508 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4509 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4510 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4511 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4512 }
4513
4514 return true;
4515 }
4516
4517 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4518 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
4519 E->getSourceRange();
4520
4521 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4522 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4523 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4524 }
4525
4526 if (Result)
4527 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4528 return false;
4529}